blob: 6f98e09e680d539246c279a18059c2f38ad7ce10 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000142 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400144 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200145 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +0800146 /riscv Files generic to RISC-V architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500147 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400149 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
151/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800152/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500154/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500155/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
156/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
157/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400158/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500159/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
160/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
161/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500162/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
163/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500164/net Networking code
165/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500166/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
167/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000170Software Configuration:
171=======================
172
173Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
174rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
175
176There are two classes of configuration variables:
177
178* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
179 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
180 "CONFIG_".
181
182* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
183 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
184 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200185 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000186
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500187Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
188symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
189U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
190allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
191build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000192
193
194Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
195---------------------------------------------------
196
197For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200198configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000199
200Example: For a TQM823L module type:
201
202 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200203 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000204
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500205Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
206you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
207doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000208
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600209Sandbox Environment:
210--------------------
211
212U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
213board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
214specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
215run some of U-Boot's tests.
216
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530217See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600218
219
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700220Board Initialisation Flow:
221--------------------------
222
223This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700225
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500226Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
227more detail later in this file.
228
229At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
230and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
231may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
232CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
233
234Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
235CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
236
237 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
238 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
239 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
240
241and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
242limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700243
244lowlevel_init():
245 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
246 - no global_data or BSS
247 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
248 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
249 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
250 board_init_f()
251 - this is almost never needed
252 - return normally from this function
253
254board_init_f():
255 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
256 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
257 - global_data is available
258 - stack is in SRAM
259 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
260 only stack variables and global_data
261
262 Non-SPL-specific notes:
263 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
264 can do nothing
265
266 SPL-specific notes:
267 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
268 version as needed.
269 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
270 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
271 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
272 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
273 directly)
274
275Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
276this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
277CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
278memory.
279
280board_init_r():
281 - purpose: main execution, common code
282 - global_data is available
283 - SDRAM is available
284 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
285 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
286
287 Non-SPL-specific notes:
288 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
289 there.
290
291 SPL-specific notes:
292 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
293 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
294 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan0680f1b2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800295 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700296 spl_board_init() function containing this call
297 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
298
299
300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000301Configuration Options:
302----------------------
303
304Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
305such information is kept in a configuration file
306"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
307
308Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
309"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
310
311
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000312Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
313kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
314build a config tool - later.
315
Ashish Kumar63b23162017-08-11 11:09:14 +0530316- ARM Platform Bus Type(CCI):
317 CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) is ARM BUS which
318 provides full cache coherency between two clusters of multi-core
319 CPUs and I/O coherency for devices and I/O masters
320
321 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400
322
323 Defined For SoC that has cache coherent interconnect
324 CCN-400
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000325
Ashish Kumarc055cee2017-08-18 10:54:36 +0530326 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCN504
327
328 Defined for SoC that has cache coherent interconnect CCN-504
329
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000330The following options need to be configured:
331
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500332- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500334- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200335
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530336- Marvell Family Member
337 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
338 multiple fs option at one time
339 for marvell soc family
340
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600341- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000342 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
343
344 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
345 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
346 compliance, among other possible reasons.
347
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600348 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
349
350 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
351 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
352 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
353
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500354 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
355
356 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
357 tree nodes for the given platform.
358
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000359 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
360
361 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
362 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
363 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
364
365 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
367
368 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
369 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
370
371 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
372 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
373 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
374 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
375
376 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
377 this erratum.
378
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530379 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
380 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800381 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530382
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530383 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
384 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800385 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530386
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
388
389 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
390 according to the A004510 workaround.
391
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
393 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
394 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
395
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
397 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
398 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
399
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
401 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
402 connected to the DSP core.
403
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
405 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
406
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530407 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
408 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
409 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
410 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
411
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530412 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
413 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800414 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530415
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800416 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800417 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800418 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
419
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000420- Generic CPU options:
421 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
422
423 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
424 values is arch specific.
425
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700426 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
427 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
428 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
429 SoCs.
430
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
432 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
433
434 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
435 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
436 deskew training are not available.
437
438 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
439 Freescale DDR1 controller.
440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
442 Freescale DDR2 controller.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
445 Freescale DDR3 controller.
446
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700447 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
448 Freescale DDR4 controller.
449
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
451 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
452
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
454 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
455 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
456 implemetation.
457
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400459 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700460 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
461 implementation.
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
464 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700465 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
466
467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
468 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
469 DDR3L controllers.
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
472 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
473 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700474
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
476 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
477
478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
479 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
480
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
482 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
483
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
485 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
486
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530487 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
488 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
489 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
492 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
493 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
494 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
495
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530496 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
497 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
498 concatenated with u-boot binary.
499
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
501 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
502
503 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
504 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
505
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
507 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
508 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
509 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
510
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
512 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
513 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
514 SoCs with ARM core.
515
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
517 Number of controllers used as main memory.
518
519 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
520 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
521
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530522 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
523 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
524
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530525 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
526 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
527
528 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
529 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
530
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200531- MIPS CPU options:
532 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
533
534 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
535 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
536 relocation.
537
538 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
539
540 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
541 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
542 Possible values are:
543 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
544 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
545 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
546 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
547 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
548 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
549 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
550 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
551
552 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
553
554 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
555 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
556
557 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
558
559 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
560 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
561 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
562
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000563- ARM options:
564 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
565
566 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
567 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
568
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700569 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
570 Generic timer clock source frequency.
571
572 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
573 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
574 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
575 at run time.
576
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700577- Tegra SoC options:
578 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
579
580 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
581 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
582 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
583
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000584- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000585 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
586
587 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
588 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
589 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
590 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
591 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
592 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
593 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000594 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100595 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000596 default environment.
597
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000598 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
599
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800600 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000601 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
602 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
603
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400604 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200605
606 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400607 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
608 concepts).
609
610 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
611 * New libfdt-based support
612 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500613 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400614
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200615 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600616 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200617
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200618 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
619 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500620
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600621 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
622
623 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
624 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000625
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600626 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
627
628 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
629 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
630 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
631 the kernel.
632
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200633 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
634
635 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
636 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
637 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
638 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
639 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
640 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
641
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000642 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
643
644 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
645 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
646 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
647 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
648 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
649 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
650 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
651
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100652- vxWorks boot parameters:
653
654 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700655 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
656 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100657 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
658
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100659 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
660 the defaults discussed just above.
661
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000662- Cache Configuration:
663 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
664 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
665 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
666
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000667- Cache Configuration for ARM:
668 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
669 controller
670 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
671 controller register space
672
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000673- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200674 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000675
676 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
677
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200678 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000679
680 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
681
682 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
683
684 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
685 the clock speed of the UARTs.
686
687 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
688
689 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
690 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
691 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
692
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400693 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
694
695 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
696 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000697
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000698- Console Baudrate:
699 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
700 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200701 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000703- Autoboot Command:
704 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
705 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
706 define a command string that is automatically executed
707 when no character is read on the console interface
708 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000710 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000711 The value of these goes into the environment as
712 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
713 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200714 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715
716- Pre-Boot Commands:
717 CONFIG_PREBOOT
718
719 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
720 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
721 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
722 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
723 entering interactive mode.
724
725 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
726 automatically generated or modified. For an example
727 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
728 modified when the user holds down a certain
729 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
730 booting the systems
731
732- Serial Download Echo Mode:
733 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
734 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
735 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
736 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
737 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
738 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
739 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
740
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500741- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000742 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
743 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200744 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000745
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600746- Removal of commands
747 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
748 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
749 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
750 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
751 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
752 simple boot procedures.
753
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000754- Regular expression support:
755 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200756 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
757 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
758 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
759 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000760
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000761- Device tree:
762 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
763 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
764 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
765 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
766 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
767 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
768
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000769 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700770 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000771
772 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
773 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
774 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
775 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
776 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
Nobuhiro Iwamatsueb3eb602017-08-26 07:34:14 +0900777 the global data structure as gd->fdt_blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000778
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000779 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
780 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
781 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
782 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
783
784 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
785
786 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
787 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
788 still use the individual files if you need something more
789 exotic.
790
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700791 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
792 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
793 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
794 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
795 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
796
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000797- Watchdog:
798 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
799 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000800 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200801 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
802 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
803 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
804 available, then no further board specific code should
805 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000806
807 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
808 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
809 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
810 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000811
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +0100812 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
813 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
814
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000815- Real-Time Clock:
816
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500817 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000818 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
819 following options:
820
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000822 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000823 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000824 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000825 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000826 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200827 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000828 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100829 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000830 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2bd3cab2017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200831 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200832 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
833 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000834
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000835 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
836 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
837
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600838- GPIO Support:
839 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600840
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000841 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
842 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
843 pins supported by a particular chip.
844
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600845 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
846 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
847
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600848- I/O tracing:
849 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
850 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
851 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
852 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
853 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
854 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
855 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
856 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
857
858 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
859 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
860 still continue to operate.
861
862 iotrace is enabled
863 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
864 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
865 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
866 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
867 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
868 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
869
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000870- Timestamp Support:
871
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000872 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
873 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
874 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500875 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000876
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000877- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
878 Zero or more of the following:
879 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000880 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
881 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
882 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
883 disk/part_efi.c
884 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000885
Simon Glassfc843a02017-05-17 03:25:30 -0600886 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_IDE or
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600887 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000888 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000889
890- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000891 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
892 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000894 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
895 be performed by calling the function
896 ide_set_reset(int reset)
897 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000898
899- ATAPI Support:
900 CONFIG_ATAPI
901
902 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
903
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000904- LBA48 Support
905 CONFIG_LBA48
906
907 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100908 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000909 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
910 support disks up to 2.1TB.
911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200912 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000913 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
914 Default is 32bit.
915
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000916- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200917 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
918 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
919 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000920 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
921 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200923 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
924 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +0000925
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000926- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000927 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000928 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
929
930 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
931 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
932 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
933 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
934
935 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
936 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
937 example with the "sspi" command.
938
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000939 CONFIG_EEPRO100
940 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200941 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000942 write routine for first time initialisation.
943
944 CONFIG_TULIP
945 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
946 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
947 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
948
949 CONFIG_NATSEMI
950 Support for National dp83815 chips.
951
952 CONFIG_NS8382X
953 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
954
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000955- NETWORK Support (other):
956
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100957 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
958 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
959
960 CONFIG_RMII
961 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
962
963 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
964 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
965 The driver doen't show link status messages.
966
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +0000967 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
968 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
969
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000970 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000971 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
972
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000973 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
974 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
975
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000976 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +0000977 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
978
979 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
980 Define this to hold the physical address
981 of the device (I/O space)
982
983 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
984 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
985
986 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
987 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
988 (some hardware wont work with macros)
989
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -0500990 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
991 Support for davinci emac
992
993 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
994 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
995
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +0800996 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
997 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
998
999 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1000 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1001 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1002 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1003 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1004 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1005 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1006 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1007
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001008 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1009 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1010
1011 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1012 Define the number of ports to be used
1013
1014 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1015 Define the ETH PHY's address
1016
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001017 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1018 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1019
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001020- PWM Support:
1021 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001022 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001023
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001024- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001025 CONFIG_TPM
1026 Support TPM devices.
1027
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001028 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1029 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001030 per system is supported at this time.
1031
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001032 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1033 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1034
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001035 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1036 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1037
1038 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1039 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1040 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1041
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001042 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1043 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1044 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1045
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001046 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1047 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1048
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001049 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001050 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1051 per system is supported at this time.
1052
1053 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1054 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1055 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1056 0xfed40000.
1057
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001058 CONFIG_TPM
1059 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1060 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1061 Requires support for a TPM device.
1062
1063 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1064 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1065 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1066
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001067- USB Support:
1068 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher064b55c2017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001069 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001070 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1071 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001072 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001073 storage devices.
1074 Note:
1075 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1076 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001077
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001078 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1079 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1080
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001081 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1082 HW module registers.
1083
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001084- USB Device:
1085 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1086 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1087 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001088 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001089 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1090 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001091 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001092 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1093 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1094 a Linux host by
1095 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1096 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1097 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1098 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001099
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001100 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1101 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001102
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001103 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1104 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1105 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001106
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301107 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1108 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1109 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1110 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1111 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1112 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1113 speed.
1114
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001115 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001116 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1117 be set to usbtty.
1118
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001119 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001120 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001121 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001122 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1123 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1124 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1125
1126 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1127 Define this string as the name of your company for
1128 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001129
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001130 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1131 Define this string as the name of your product
1132 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1133
1134 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1135 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1136 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1137 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1138 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001139
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001140 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1141 Define this as the unique Product ID
1142 for your device
1143 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001144
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001145- ULPI Layer Support:
1146 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1147 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1148 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1149 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1150 viewport is supported.
1151 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1152 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001153 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1154 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1155 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001156
1157- MMC Support:
1158 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1159 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1160 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1161 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001162 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1163 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001164
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001165 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1166 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1167
1168 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1169 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1170
1171 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1172 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1173
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001174 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1175 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1176
1177 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1178 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1179 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1180
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001181- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Marek Vasutbb4059a2018-02-16 16:41:18 +01001182 CONFIG_DFU_OVER_USB
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001183 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1184
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001185 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1186 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1187
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001188 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1189 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1190
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301191 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1192 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1193 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1194 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1195 one that would help mostly the developer.
1196
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001197 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1198 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1199 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1200 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1201 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1202
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001203 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1204 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1205 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1206 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1207 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1208 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1209
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001210 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1211 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1212 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1213 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1214
1215 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1216 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1217 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1218 sending again an USB request to the device.
1219
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001220- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001221 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001222 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001224 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1225 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001226 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1227
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001228- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001229 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1230
1231 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1232
1233 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1234 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1235 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1236 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1237 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001238
1239- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001240 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001241 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001242 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1243 support, and should also define these other macros:
1244
1245 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1246 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001247 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1248 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1249 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1250 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1251 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1252
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001253 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1254 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001255 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001256 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001257
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001258- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1259
1260 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1261 display); also select one of the supported displays
1262 by defining one of these:
1263
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001264 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1265
1266 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1267
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001268 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001269
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001270 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001271
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001272 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001273
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001274 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1275 Active, color, single scan.
1276
1277 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1278
1279 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001280 Active, color, single scan.
1281
1282 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1283
1284 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1285 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1286
1287 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1288
1289 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1290 Active, color, single scan.
1291
1292 CONFIG_HLD1045
1293
1294 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1295 Active, color, single scan.
1296
1297 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1298
1299 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1300 or
1301 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1302 or
1303 Hitachi SP14Q002
1304
1305 320x240. Black & white.
1306
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001307 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1308
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001309 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001310 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1311 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1312 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1313 a per-section basis.
1314
1315
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001316 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1317
1318 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1319 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1320 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1321 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1322 printed out.
1323 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1324 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1325 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1326 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1327 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1328 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1329 1 = 90 degree rotation
1330 2 = 180 degree rotation
1331 3 = 270 degree rotation
1332
1333 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1334 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1335
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001336 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1337
1338 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1339
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001340 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1341
1342 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1343 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1344
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001345- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001346
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001347 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1348 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1349 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001350 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001351 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1352 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1353 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1354 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001355
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001356 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1357
1358 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1359 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001360 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001361 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1362 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1363 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1364 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1365 there is no need to set this option.
1366
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001367 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1368
1369 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1370 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1371 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1372 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1373 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1374 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1375
1376 Example:
1377 setenv splashpos m,m
1378 => image at center of screen
1379
1380 setenv splashpos 30,20
1381 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1382
1383 setenv splashpos -10,m
1384 => vertically centered image
1385 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1386
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001387- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1388
1389 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1390 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1391 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1392
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001393- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1394
1395 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1396 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1397 bmp command.
1398
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001399- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001400 CONFIG_GZIP
1401
1402 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1403
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001404 CONFIG_BZIP2
1405
1406 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1407 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1408 compressed images are supported.
1409
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001410 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001411 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001412 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001413
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001414- MII/PHY support:
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001415 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1416
1417 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1418
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001419 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1420
1421 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1422 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1423 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1424 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1425
1426 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1427
1428 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1429 command issued before MII status register can be read
1430
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001431- IP address:
1432 CONFIG_IPADDR
1433
1434 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001435 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001436 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001437 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001438
1439- Server IP address:
1440 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1441
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001442 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001443 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001444 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001445
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001446 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1447
1448 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1449 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1450
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001451- Gateway IP address:
1452 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1453
1454 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1455 default router where packets to other networks are
1456 sent to.
1457 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1458
1459- Subnet mask:
1460 CONFIG_NETMASK
1461
1462 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1463 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1464 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1465 forwarded through a router.
1466 (Environment variable "netmask")
1467
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001468- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1469 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1470
1471 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1472 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001473 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001474 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1475 multicast group.
1476
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001477- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1478 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1479
1480 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1481 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1482 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1483 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1484 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1485 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1486 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1487 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001488 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001489
1490 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1491 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1492 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1493 4th and following
1494 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1495
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001496 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1497
1498 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1499 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1500 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1501 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1502 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1503 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1504 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1505 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1506 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1507 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1508 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1509 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1510 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1511 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1512 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1513
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001514- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001515 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1516 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001517
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001518 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001519 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001520 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1521 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1522 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1523 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001524 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001525
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001526 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1527 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001528
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001529 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1530 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1531 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1532 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1533 is not available.
1534
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001535 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1536 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1537 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001538 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001539 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1540 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001541
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001542 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1543
1544 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1545 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1546 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1547 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1548 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1549 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1550 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1551 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1552 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1553 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1554 this delay.
1555
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001556 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1557 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1558 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1559 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1560 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1561
1562 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1563
Prabhakar Kushwaha24acb832017-11-23 16:51:32 +05301564 - MAC address from environment variables
1565
1566 FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV
1567
1568 Fix-up device tree with MAC addresses fetched sequentially from
1569 environment variables. This config work on assumption that
1570 non-usable ethernet node of device-tree are either not present
1571 or their status has been marked as "disabled".
1572
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001573 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001574 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001575
1576 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1577
1578 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1579
1580 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1581 of the device.
1582
1583 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1584
1585 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1586 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001587 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001588
1589 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1590
1591 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1592 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1593
1594 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1595
1596 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1597
1598 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1599
1600 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1601
1602 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1603
1604 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1605
1606 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1607
1608 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1609 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1610
1611 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1612
1613 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1614
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001615- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001616
1617 Several configurations allow to display the current
1618 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1619 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1620 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1621 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1622 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001623 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001624 feature in U-Boot.
1625
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001626 Additional options:
1627
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001628 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001629 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1630 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001631 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001632 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1633
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001634 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1635 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1636 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1637 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1638 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1639 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1640
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001641- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001642
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001643 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1644 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1645 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1646 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1647 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1648 interface.
1649
1650 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001651 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1652 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1653 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1654 for defining speed and slave address
1655 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1656 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1657 for defining speed and slave address
1658 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1659 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1660 for defining speed and slave address
1661 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1662 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1663 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001664
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001665 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1666 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1667 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1668 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1669 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1670 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001671 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001672 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1673 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1674 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1675 second bus.
1676
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001677 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001678 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1679 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1680 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001681
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001682 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1683 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1684 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1685 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1686
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001687 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1688 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001689 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1690 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1691 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1692 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001693 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1694 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1695 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1696 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1697 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1698 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001699 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1700 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001701 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001702 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1703
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001704 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1705 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1706 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1707
1708 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1709 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1710 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1711 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1712 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1713 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1714 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1715 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1716 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1717
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001718 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1719 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1720 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1721
1722 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1723 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1724 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1725 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1726 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1727 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1728 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1729 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1730 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1731 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001732 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001733
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001734 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1735 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1736 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1737 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1738 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1739 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1740 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1741 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1742 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1743 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1744 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1745 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1746
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01001747 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
1748 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
1749 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
1750 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
1751
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301752 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1753 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1754 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1755 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1756 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1757
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001758 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1759 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1760 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1761 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1762 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1763 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1764 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1765 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1766 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1767 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1768 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1769 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1770 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
1771 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01001772 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
1773 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
1774 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
1775 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
1776 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
1777 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
1778 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
1779 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
1780 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001781
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001782 additional defines:
1783
1784 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001785 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001786
1787 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1788 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1789 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1790 omit this define.
1791
1792 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1793 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1794 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1795 define.
1796
1797 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001798 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001799 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1800 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1801 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1802
1803 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1804 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1805 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1806 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1807 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1808 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1809 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1810 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1811 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1812 }
1813
1814 which defines
1815 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001816 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1817 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1818 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1819 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1820 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001821 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001822 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
1823 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001824
1825 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
1826
Simon Glassce3b5d62017-05-12 21:10:00 -06001827- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001828 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001829 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1830 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001831
1832 I2C_INIT
1833
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001834 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001835 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001836
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001837 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001838
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001839 I2C_ACTIVE
1840
1841 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1842 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1843 define can be null.
1844
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001845 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1846
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001847 I2C_TRISTATE
1848
1849 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1850 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1851 define can be null.
1852
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001853 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1854
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001855 I2C_READ
1856
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001857 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1858 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001859
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001860 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1861
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001862 I2C_SDA(bit)
1863
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001864 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1865 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001866
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001867 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001868 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001869 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001870
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001871 I2C_SCL(bit)
1872
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001873 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1874 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001875
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001876 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001877 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001878 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001879
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001880 I2C_DELAY
1881
1882 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1883 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001884 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001885 like:
1886
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001887 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001888
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001889 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1890
1891 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1892 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1893 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1894 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1895
1896 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1897 the generic GPIO functions.
1898
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001899 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001900
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001901 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1902 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1903 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1904 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1905 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1906 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1907 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1908 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001909
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001910 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1911
1912 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001913 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1914 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001915 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001917 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001918
1919 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001920 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001921 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1922 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001923
1924 e.g.
1925 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001926 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001927
1928 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1929
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001930 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001931 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001932
1933 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1934
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001935 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001936
1937 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1938 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001940 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001941
1942 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1943 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1944
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001945 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1946
1947 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1948 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1949 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1950 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1951 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1952 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1953 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001954
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001955- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1956
1957 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1958 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1959 D/As on the SACSng board)
1960
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001961 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1962
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001963 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1964 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1965 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1966 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1967 defined, the board configuration must define several
1968 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1969 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001970
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001971 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1972
1973 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1974 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1975 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001976 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001977 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1978
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02001979 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
1980 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
1981 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
1982
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001983- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1984
1985 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1986
1987 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1988
1989 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1990 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1991
1992 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1993
1994 Enables support for FPGA family.
1995 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1996
1997 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001998
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001999 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002000
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002001 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002002
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002003 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002005 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002006
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002007 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2008 status by the configuration function. This option
2009 will require a board or device specific function to
2010 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002011
2012 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2013
2014 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2015 configuration driver.
2016
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002017 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002018 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2019
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002020 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002021
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002022 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2023 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2024 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2025 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002027 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002028
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002029 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2030 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002031 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002032 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002033
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002034 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002035
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002036 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002037 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002038
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002039 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002040
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002041 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002042 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002043
2044- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002045 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2046
2047 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2048 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2049 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2050 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002051 make / buildman.
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002052
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002053 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2054
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002055 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2056 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002057
2058- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2059
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002060 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2061 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002062 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002063 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2064 protects these variables from casual modification by
2065 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2066 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002067 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002068
2069 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2070 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002071 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002072 these parameters.
2073
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002074 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2075 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002076 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002077 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2078 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2079 read-only.]
2080
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002081 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2082 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2083 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2084 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2085
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002086- Protected RAM:
2087 CONFIG_PRAM
2088
2089 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2090 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2091 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2092 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2093 this default value by defining an environment
2094 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2095 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2096 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2097 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2098 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2099 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2100 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2101
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002102 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002103 saveenv
2104
2105 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2106 either, which results in a memory region that will
2107 not be affected by reboots.
2108
2109 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2110 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2111 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2112 following board configurations are known to be
2113 "pRAM-clean":
2114
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002115 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002116 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002117 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002119- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2120 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2121 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2122 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2123 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2124 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2125 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2126
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002127- Error Recovery:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002128 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2129
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002130 This variable defines the number of retries for
2131 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2132 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2133 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002134
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002135 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2136
2137 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2138
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002139 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2140
2141 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2142 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2143 try longer timeout such as
2144 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2145
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002146- Command Interpreter:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002147 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002148
2149 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2150 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2151 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2152
2153 Note:
2154
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002155 In the current implementation, the local variables
2156 space and global environment variables space are
2157 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2158 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2159 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2160 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2161 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002162
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002163 Global environment variables are those you use
2164 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2165 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2166 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002167
2168 To store commands and special characters in a
2169 variable, please use double quotation marks
2170 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2171 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2172 symbols.
2173
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002174- Command Line Editing and History:
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002175 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2176
2177 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2178 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2179 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2180 and PS2.
2181
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002182- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002183 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2184
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002185 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2186 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002187 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002188
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002189 For example, place something like this in your
2190 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002191
2192 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2193 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2194 "myvar2=value2\0"
2195
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002196 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2197 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2198 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2199 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002200 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002201 You better know what you are doing here.
2202
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002203 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2204 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002205 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002206 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002207
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002208 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2209
2210 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002211 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002212 that so that the environment is not available until
2213 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2214 this is instead controlled by the value of
2215 /config/load-environment.
2216
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002217- Serial Flash support
Simon Glass00fd59d2017-08-04 16:35:06 -06002218 Usage requires an initial 'sf probe' to define the serial
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002219 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2220 commands.
2221
2222 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2223 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2224 flash is present on the system.
2225
2226 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2227 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2228 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2229 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2230
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002231
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002232- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2233 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2234
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002235 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002236 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002237 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002238 number generator is used.
2239
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002240 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2241 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2242 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2243
2244 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002245 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2246 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2247 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2248 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2249 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2250 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2251
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002252- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002253 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2254
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002255 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2256 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2257 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2258 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2259 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2260 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002261
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002262
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002263Legacy uImage format:
2264
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002265 Arg Where When
2266 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002267 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002268 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002269 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002270 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002271 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002272 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2273 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2274 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002275 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002276 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2277 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2278 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2279 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002280 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002281 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002282
2283 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2284 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2285 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2286 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2287 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2288 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2289 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002290 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002291 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2292 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2293
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002294 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002295
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002296 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002297 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2298 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002299
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002300 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2301 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2302 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2303 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2304 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2305 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2306 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2307 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2308 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2309 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2310 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2311 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2312 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2313 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2314 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2315 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2316 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2317 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2318 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2319 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2320 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2321 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2322 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2323 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2324 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2325 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2326 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2327 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2328 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2329 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2330 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2331 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2332 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2333 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2334 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2335 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2336 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2337 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2338 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2339 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2340 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2341 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2342 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2343 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2344 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2345 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2346 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002347
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002348 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002349
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002350 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002351 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2352 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002353
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002354 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002355 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2356 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2357 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002358 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2359 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002360 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2361 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002362 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002363
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002364FIT uImage format:
2365
2366 Arg Where When
2367 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2368 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2369 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2370 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2371 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2372 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002373 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002374 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2375 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2376 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2377 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2378 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002379 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2380 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002381 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2382 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2383 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2384 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2385 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2386 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2387 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2388 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2389
2390 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2391 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2392 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002393 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002394 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2395 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2396 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2397 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2398 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2399 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2400 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2401 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2402 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2403 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2404 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2405 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2406
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002407 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002408 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2409
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002410 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002411 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2412
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002413 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002414 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2415
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02002416- legacy image format:
2417 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
2418 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
2419
2420 Default:
2421 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
2422
2423 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
2424 disable the legacy image format
2425
2426 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
2427 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
2428
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002429- Standalone program support:
2430 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2431
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002432 This option defines a board specific value for the
2433 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2434 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002435 settings.
2436
2437- Frame Buffer Address:
2438 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2439
2440 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002441 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2442 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2443 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2444 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2445 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2446 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2447 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002448
2449 Please see board_init_f function.
2450
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002451- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2452 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2453 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2454 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2455
2456 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2457 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2458
2459- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2460 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2461
2462 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2463 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2464
2465 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2466
2467 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2468 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2469
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002470- UBI support
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002471 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2472 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2473 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2474 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2475 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2476 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2477
2478 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2479 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2480 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2481 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2482 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2483
2484 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002485
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002486 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2487 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2488 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2489 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2490 flash), this value is ignored.
2491
2492 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2493 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2494 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2495 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2496 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2497 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2498
2499 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2500 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2501 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2502 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2503 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2504 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2505 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2506 partition.
2507
2508 default: 20
2509
2510 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2511 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2512 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2513 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2514 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2515 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2516 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2517 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2518 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2519 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2520 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2521 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2522
2523 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2524 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2525 without a fastmap.
2526 default: 0
2527
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002528 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2529 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2530 default: 0
2531
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002532- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002533 CONFIG_SPL
2534 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002535
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002536 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2537 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2538
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002539 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2540 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2541 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2542 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002543 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002544 must not be both defined at the same time.
2545
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002546 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002547 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2548 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2549 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2550 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002551
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002552 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2553 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002554
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002555 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2556 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2557 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2558
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002559 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2560 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2561
2562 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002563 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2564 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2565 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002566 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002567 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002568
2569 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2570 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2571
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002572 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2573 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2574 loaded does not have a signature.
2575 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2576 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2577 will be caught.
2578 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2579 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2580 and thus should be skipped silently.
2581
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002582 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2583 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2584 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2585 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2586
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002587 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2588 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002589 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2590 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2591 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002592
2593 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2594 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002595
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002596 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2597 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2598 See also: doc/README.falcon
2599
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002600 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2601 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2602 about the running system.
2603
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002604 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2605 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2606
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002607 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2608 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2609 used in raw mode
2610
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002611 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2612 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2613 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2614
2615 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2616 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2617 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2618 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2619 (for falcon mode)
2620
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002621 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2622 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2623 used in fs mode
2624
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002625 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2626 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2627
2628 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002629 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002630 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002631
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002632 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002633 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002634 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002635
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002636 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2637 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2638 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2639 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2640 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2641
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05302642 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
2643 Avoid SPL relocation
2644
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002645 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2646 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2647 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2648
2649 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2650 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2651
2652 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2653 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2654
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002655 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002656 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2657 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002658
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02002659 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
2660 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
2661 loader
2662
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01002663 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
2664 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
2665 if you need to save space.
2666
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08002667 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
2668 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
2669 SPL binary.
2670
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002671 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2672 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2673 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2674 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2675 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2676 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002677 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002678
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05302679 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
2680 Add support NAND boot
2681
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002682 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002683 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2684
2685 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2686 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2687
2688 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2689 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002690
2691 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002692 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002693
2694 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2695 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002696 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002697
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002698 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2699 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2700
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002701 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002702 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2703 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2704 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2705 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2706 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002707
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002708 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2709 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2710 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2711 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2712
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002713 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
2714 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
2715 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
2716 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
2717 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
2718
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002719- TPL framework
2720 CONFIG_TPL
2721 Enable building of TPL globally.
2722
2723 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
2724 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
2725 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002726 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2727 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2728 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002729
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002730- Interrupt support (PPC):
2731
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002732 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2733 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002734 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002735 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002736 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002737 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002738 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002739 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2740 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2741 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002742
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002743
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002744Board initialization settings:
2745------------------------------
2746
2747During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2748to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2749before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2750following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2751architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2752typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2753
2754- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2755- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2756- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2757- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002758
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002759Configuration Settings:
2760-----------------------
2761
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08002762- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
2763 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
2764
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002765- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002766 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2767
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002768- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2769 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002771- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002772 prompt for user input.
2773
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002774- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002775
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002776- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002777
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002778- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002779
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002780- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002781 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2782 booted
2783
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002784- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002785 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002787- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002788 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2789 simple memory test.
2790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002791- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002792 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2793 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2794
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002795- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002796 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002797 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
2798 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
2799 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002800 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002801 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
2802 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
2803
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08002804- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002805 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002806 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002807 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002808 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2809 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2810 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002811 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002812 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002813 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002814
2815 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2816 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2817 be touched.
2818
2819 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2820 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2821 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2822 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2823 problems.
2824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002825- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002828- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002829 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002831- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002832 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002834- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002835 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2836 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002837 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002838 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002840- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002841 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2842 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2843 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2844 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002845
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002846- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002847 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2848
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002849- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
2850 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
2851 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
2852 will become available before relocation. The address is just
2853 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
2854 space.
2855
2856 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
2857 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
2858 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002859 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002860 U-Boot relocates itself.
2861
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07002862- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
2863 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
2864 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
2865 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
2866
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07002867- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
2868 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
2869 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
2870 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
2871 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
2872 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
2873 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
2874 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
2875 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
2876 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
2877 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
2878 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
2879 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
2880 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
2881 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
2882 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
2883
2884 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
2885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002886- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002887 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2888 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002889 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002890 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2891
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002892- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002893 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2894 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002895 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2896 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002897 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002898 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002899 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002900 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2901 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2902 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002903
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002904- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2905 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2906 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2907 is enabled.
2908
2909- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2910 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2911 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2912
2913- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2914 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2915 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002917- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002918 Max number of Flash memory banks
2919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002920- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002921 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2922
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002923- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002924 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2925
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002926- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002927 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002929- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002930 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2931
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002932- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002933 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2934
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002935- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002936 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2937 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002939- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002940
2941 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2942 without this option such a download has to be
2943 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2944 copy from RAM to flash.
2945
2946 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2947 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002948 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2949 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002950 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2951
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002952- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002953 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002954 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2955
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002956- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002957 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2958 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002959
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002960- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2961 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2962 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2963 to the MTD layer.
2964
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002965- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002966 Use buffered writes to flash.
2967
2968- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2969 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2970 write commands.
2971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002972- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002973 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2974 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2975 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2976 optionally available.
2977
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002978- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2979 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2980 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2981 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2982
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02002983- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
2984 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
2985 against the source after the write operation. An error message
2986 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
2987 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
2988 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
2989 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
2990 this option if you really know what you are doing.
2991
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002992- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002993 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2994 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002995 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2996 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002997 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002998 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2999
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003000- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3001
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003002 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3003 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3004 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3005 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3006 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003007
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003008- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3009- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003010 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003011 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3012 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3013 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3014
3015 The format of the list is:
3016 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003017 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3018 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003019 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3020 list = entry[,list]
3021
3022 The type attributes are:
3023 s - String (default)
3024 d - Decimal
3025 x - Hexadecimal
3026 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3027 i - IP address
3028 m - MAC address
3029
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003030 The access attributes are:
3031 a - Any (default)
3032 r - Read-only
3033 o - Write-once
3034 c - Change-default
3035
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003036 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3037 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003038 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003039
3040 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3041 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3042 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3043 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3044 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3045 ".flags" variable.
3046
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003047 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3048 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3049 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3050
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003051- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3052 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3053 access flags.
3054
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003055- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3056 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3057 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3058 building U-Boot to enable this.
3059
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003060The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3061of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3062following configurations:
3063
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003064- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3065
3066 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3067 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3068
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003069BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003070in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003071console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003072U-Boot will hang.
3073
3074Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3075environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3076keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3077to save the current settings.
3078
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003079BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3080"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003081environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3082but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003083
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003084- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3085
3086 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3087 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3088 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3089
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003090Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Simon Glass00caae62017-08-03 12:22:12 -06003092created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use env_get_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003093until then to read environment variables.
3094
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003095The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3096is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3097with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3098necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3099"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3100have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003101
3102Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3103the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003104use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003106- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003107 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003108
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003109 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003110 also needs to be defined.
3111
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003112- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003113 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003114
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003115- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3116 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3117 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3118 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3119 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3120 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3121
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003122- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3123 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3124 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3125 to do this.
3126
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003127- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3128 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3129 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3130 present.
3131
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02003132- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
3133 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
3134 build system checks that the actual size does not
3135 exceed it.
3136
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003137Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003138---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003139
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003140- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003141 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3142
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003143- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3144 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3145 PowerPC SOCs.
3146
3147- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3148 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3149 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3150
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003151- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3152 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3153 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003154 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003155 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3156 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3157 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3158
3159 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3160 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3161
3162- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003163 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3164 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003165 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3166 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3167
3168- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3169 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3170 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3171 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3172
3173- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3174 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3175 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3176
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003177- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003178 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003179
3180 the default drive number (default value 0)
3181
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003182 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003183
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003184 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003185 (default value 1)
3186
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003187 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003188
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003189 defines the offset of register from address. It
3190 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003191 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003193 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3194 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003195 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003197 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003198 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3199 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003200 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003201 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003202
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003203- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3204 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3205 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3206 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3207 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3208 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003209 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003211- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003212 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003213 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003214
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003215- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003216
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003217 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003218 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3219 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3220 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3221 will become available only after programming the
3222 memory controller and running certain initialization
3223 sequences.
3224
3225 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003226 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003228- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003229
3230 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003231 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3232 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003234 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003235 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003236 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3237 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003238
3239 Note:
3240 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3241 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003242 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003243 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3244 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3245
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003246- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003248- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003249 SDRAM timing
3250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003251- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003252 periodic timer for refresh
3253
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003254- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3255 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3256 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3257 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003258 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3259
3260- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003261 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3262 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003263 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3264
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003265- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003266 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003267 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3268 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3269 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3270 by coreboot or similar.
3271
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003272- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3273 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3274
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003275- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3276 Chip has SRIO or not
3277
3278- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3279 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3280
3281- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3282 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3283
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08003284- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
3285 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
3286
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003287- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3288 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3289
3290- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3291 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3292
3293- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3294 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3295
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003296- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3297 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3298 a 16 bit bus.
3299 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003300 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003301 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003302 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003303
3304- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3305 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3306 a default value will be used.
3307
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003308- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003309 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3310 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3311
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003312 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3313 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003315- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003316 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3317 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3318 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003319
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003320- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3321 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3322 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3323 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3324 header files or board specific files.
3325
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003326- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3327 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3328
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08003329- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
3330 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
3331
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07003332- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
3333 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
3334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003335- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003336 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3337 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003338
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003339- CONFIG_RMII
3340 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3341 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3342 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3343
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003344- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3345 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3346 The syntax is:
3347
3348 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3349
3350 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3351 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3352 area should have.
3353
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003354- CONFIG_LOOPW
3355 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003356 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003357
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003358- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3359 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3360 "md/mw" commands.
3361 Examples:
3362
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003363 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003364 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3365
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003366 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003367 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3368
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003369 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003370 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003371
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003372- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08003373 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS, RISC-V only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003374 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3375 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3376 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003377
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003378 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3379 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3380 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3381 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003382
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003383- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
3384 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09003385 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003386 instruction cache) is still performed.
3387
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003388- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003389 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3390 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3391 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003392
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003393- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
3394 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3395 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
3396 It is loaded by the SPL.
3397
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08003398- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
3399 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
3400 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
3401 previous 4k of the .text section.
3402
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003403- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3404 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3405 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3406 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3407 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3408 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3409 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3410 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3411
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003412- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3413 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3414 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003415
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003416- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
3417 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
3418 driver that uses this:
3419 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
3420
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003421Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3422-----------------------------------
3423
3424The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3425loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3426This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3427are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3428within that device.
3429
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003430- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3431 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
3432 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3433 is also specified.
3434
3435- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
3436 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003437 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3438 is also specified.
3439
3440- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3441 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3442 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3443 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3444 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3445
3446- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3447 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3448 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3449 virtual address in NOR flash.
3450
3451- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3452 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3453 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3454
3455- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3456 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3457 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3458
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003459- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3460 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3461 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003462 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3463 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3464 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003465
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07003466Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
3467---------------------------------------------------------
3468The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
3469"firmware".
3470This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3471are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3472within that device.
3473
3474- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
3475 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
3476
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303477Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
3478-------------------------------------------
3479The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
3480"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
3481This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
3482
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08003483- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
3484 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303485
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02003486Reproducible builds
3487-------------------
3488
3489In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
3490process have to be set to a fixed value.
3491
3492This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
3493SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
3494option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
3495
3496SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
3497
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498Building the Software:
3499======================
3500
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003501Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3502and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3503all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3504(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3505recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3506which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003507
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003508If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3509have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3510you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3511Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3512necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003513
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003514 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3515 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003516
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003517Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3518 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3519 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3520 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3521
3522 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3523
3524 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3525 be executed on computers running Windows.
3526
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003527U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3528sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003529is done by typing:
3530
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003531 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003532
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003533where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003534rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003536Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3537 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3538 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3539 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003540 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003541
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003542 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003543 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003544
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003545 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003546 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003548 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003549
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003551Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3552images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003554- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3555- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3556- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003557
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003558By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3559in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3560this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3561
35621. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3563
3564 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003565 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003566 make O=/tmp/build all
3567
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020035682. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003569
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003570 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003571 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003572 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003573 make all
3574
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003575Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003576variable.
3577
Daniel Schwierzeck215bb1c2018-01-26 16:31:04 +01003578User specific CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS can be passed to the compiler by
3579setting the according environment variables KCPPFLAGS, KAFLAGS and KCFLAGS.
3580For example to treat all compiler warnings as errors:
3581
3582 make KCFLAGS=-Werror
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003584Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3585for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3586native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003587
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003589If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3590to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3591steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003592
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010035931. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003594 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01003595 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
35962. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3597 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000035983. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3599 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020036004. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036015. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3602 to be installed on your target system.
36036. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3604 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003605
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003607Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3608==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003609
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003610If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3611or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003612provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3613the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003614official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003616But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3617cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003618the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06003619just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
3620configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
3621will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
3622for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003623
3624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003625See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003626
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003628Monitor Commands - Overview:
3629============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003631go - start application at address 'addr'
3632run - run commands in an environment variable
3633bootm - boot application image from memory
3634bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003635bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003636tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3637 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3638 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003639tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003640rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3641diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3642loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3643loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3644md - memory display
3645mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3646nm - memory modify (constant address)
3647mw - memory write (fill)
3648cp - memory copy
3649cmp - memory compare
3650crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003651i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003652sspi - SPI utility commands
3653base - print or set address offset
3654printenv- print environment variables
3655setenv - set environment variables
3656saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3657protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3658erase - erase FLASH memory
3659flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003660nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003661bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3662iminfo - print header information for application image
3663coninfo - print console devices and informations
3664ide - IDE sub-system
3665loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003666loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003667mtest - simple RAM test
3668icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3669dcache - enable or disable data cache
3670reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3671echo - echo args to console
3672version - print monitor version
3673help - print online help
3674? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003677Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3678========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003680TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003682For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003683
3684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003685Environment Variables:
3686======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003688U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3689can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003691Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3692"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3693without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3694environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3695working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3696environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003697
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003698Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3699
3700List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003702 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003704 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003706 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003708 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003710 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003711
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003712 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3713 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3714 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3715 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3716 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3717 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003718 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3719 bootm_mapsize.
3720
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003721 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003722 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3723 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3724 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3725 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3726 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3727 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003728
3729 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3730 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3731 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3732 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3733 environment variable.
3734
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003735 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3736 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3737 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003739 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3740 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3741 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3742 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003744 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3745 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3746 be automatically started (by internally calling
3747 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003749 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3750 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3751 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3752 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3753 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003754
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003755 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3756 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003757 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3758 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3759 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3760 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3761 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3762 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3763 access it during the boot procedure.
3764
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003765 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3766 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3767 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3768 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3769 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3770 must be accessible by the kernel.
3771
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003772 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3773 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3774 defined.
3775
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003776 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3777 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3778 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3779 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3780 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003782 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3783 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3784 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3785 is usually what you want since it allows for
3786 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3787 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003788 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003789 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3790 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3791 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3792 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003794 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3795 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3796 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3797 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3798 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3799 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003801 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003803 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3804 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3805 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3806 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3807 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3808 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3809 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003811 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003813 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3814 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003816 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003817
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003818 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003820 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003821
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003822 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003823
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003824 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003825
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003826 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003827
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003828 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3829 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003831 => setenv ethact FEC
3832 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3833 => setenv ethact SCC
3834 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003836 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3837 available network interfaces.
3838 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3839
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003840 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003841 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3842 When set to "once" the network operation will
3843 fail when all the available network interfaces
3844 are tried once without success.
3845 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3846 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003848 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003849
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003850 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07003851 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
3852 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
3853 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
3854 is silent.
3855
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003856 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003857 UDP source port.
3858
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003859 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003860 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3861
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003862 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3863 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3864
3865 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3866 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3867 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3868 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3869 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3870 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3871 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3872
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003873 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
3874 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
3875 can happen during a single file transfer before that
3876 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
3877 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
3878 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
3879 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
3880
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003881 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003882 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003883 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003884
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05003885 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
3886 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
3887 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
3888 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
3889 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
3890
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003891The following image location variables contain the location of images
3892used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3893not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3894variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3895server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3896loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3897flash or offset in NAND flash.
3898
3899*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03003900boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003901boards use these variables for other purposes.
3902
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003903Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3904----- --------- ----------- --------------
3905u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3906Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3907device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3908ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003910The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3911updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3912depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003914 bootfile - see above
3915 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3916 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3917 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3918 hostname - Target hostname
3919 ipaddr - see above
3920 netmask - Subnet Mask
3921 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3922 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003923
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003925There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003927 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3928 as type string and/or serial number
3929 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003931These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3932the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3933once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
3935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003936Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003937
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003938 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3939 with the "version" command. This variable is
3940 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003941
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003943Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3944only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003945
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003946
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003947Callback functions for environment variables:
3948---------------------------------------------
3949
3950For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003951when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003952be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
3953deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
3954effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
3955
3956The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
3957U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
3958
3959These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
3960static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
3961in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
3962associations. The list must be in the following format:
3963
3964 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
3965 list = entry[,list]
3966
3967If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
3968Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
3969
3970Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
3971with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
3972override any association in the static list. You can define
3973CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003974".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003975
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003976If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3977regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
3978the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
3979
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003981Command Line Parsing:
3982=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003984There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3985the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003986
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003987Old, simple command line parser:
3988--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003990- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3991- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003992- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003993- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3994 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003995 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003996- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3997 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003999Hush shell:
4000-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004002- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4003 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4004 until...do...done, ...
4005- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4006 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4007 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4008 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004009
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004010General rules:
4011--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004012
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004013(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4014 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4015 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4016 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004018(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004019 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004020 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4021 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004023Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4024=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004025
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004026Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004027such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4028"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004030Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4031MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4032"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004034If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4035in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4036ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4037variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004038
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004039o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4040 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004042o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4043 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4044 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004046o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4047 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004049o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4050 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4051 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004053o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05004054 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
4055 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004056
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004057If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004058will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004059may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4060The naming convention is as follows:
4061"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004063Image Formats:
4064==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004066U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4067images in two formats:
4068
4069New uImage format (FIT)
4070-----------------------
4071
4072Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4073to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4074components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4075SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4076
4077
4078Old uImage format
4079-----------------
4080
4081Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4082preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4083details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004084
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004085* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4086 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004087 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4088 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4089 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004090* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004091 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004092 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004093* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4094* Load Address
4095* Entry Point
4096* Image Name
4097* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004099The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4100and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4101CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004102
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004104Linux Support:
4105==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004107Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4108easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4109U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004111U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4112special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4113"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4114instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4115serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004117- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4118 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4119 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004121- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4122 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004124- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4125 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4126 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4127 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4128 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4129 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004132Linux HOWTO:
4133============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004135Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4136---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004138U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4139configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4140(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4141Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004142
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004143But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004144
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004145Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4146include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004147Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4148and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004149as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004151Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4152If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4153is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4154doc/driver-model.
4155
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004157Configuring the Linux kernel:
4158-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004160No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4161device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004164Building a Linux Image:
4165-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004167With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4168not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4169"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4170U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4171which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4172100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004174Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004175
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004176 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004177 make oldconfig
4178 make dep
4179 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004180
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004181The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4182encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4183CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004185* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004187* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004189 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4190 -R .note -R .comment \
4191 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004193* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004195 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004197* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004199 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4200 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4201 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004202
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004204The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4205with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4206combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4207byte header containing information about target architecture,
4208operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4209stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004211"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4212print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004214In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4215contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4216checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004218 tools/mkimage -l image
4219 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004221The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4222from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004224 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4225 -n name -d data_file image
4226 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4227 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4228 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4229 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4230 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4231 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4232 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4233 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004234
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004235Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4236address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4237kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004239- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4240- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004242So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004244 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4245 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004246 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004247 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4248 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4249 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4250 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4251 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4252 Load Address: 0x00000000
4253 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004255To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004257 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4258 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4259 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4260 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4261 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4262 Load Address: 0x00000000
4263 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004265NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4266speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4267needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4268need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004269
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004270 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004271 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4272 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004273 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004274 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4275 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4276 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4277 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4278 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4279 Load Address: 0x00000000
4280 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004283Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4284when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004286 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4287 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4288 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4289 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4290 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4291 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4292 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4293 Load Address: 0x00000000
4294 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004295
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004296The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
4297option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
4298option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
4299from the image:
4300
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02004301 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
4302 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
4303 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4304 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004305
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004307Installing a Linux Image:
4308-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004309
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004310To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4311you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004313 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004315The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4316image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4317address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4318specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4319command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004321Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4322TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004324 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004326 .......... done
4327 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004329 => loads 40100000
4330 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4331 ~>examples/image.srec
4332 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4333 ...
4334 15989 15990 15991 15992
4335 [file transfer complete]
4336 [connected]
4337 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004338
4339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004340You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004341this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004342corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004344 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004346 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4347 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4348 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4349 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4350 Load Address: 00000000
4351 Entry Point: 0000000c
4352 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004353
4354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004355Boot Linux:
4356-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004358The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4359memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4360of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4361parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4362"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004363
4364
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004365 => printenv bootargs
4366 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004370 => printenv bootargs
4371 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004372
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004373 => bootm 40020000
4374 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4375 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4376 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4377 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4378 Load Address: 00000000
4379 Entry Point: 0000000c
4380 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4381 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4382 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4383 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4384 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4385 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4386 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4387 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004388
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004389If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4391format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004393 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004395 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4396 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4397 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4398 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4399 Load Address: 00000000
4400 Entry Point: 0000000c
4401 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004403 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4404 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4405 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4406 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4407 Load Address: 00000000
4408 Entry Point: 00000000
4409 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004411 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4412 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4413 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4414 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4415 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4416 Load Address: 00000000
4417 Entry Point: 0000000c
4418 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4419 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4420 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4421 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4422 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4423 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4424 Load Address: 00000000
4425 Entry Point: 00000000
4426 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4427 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4428 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4429 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4430 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4431 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4432 ...
4433 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4434 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004436 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004437
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004438Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4439-----------
4440
4441First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4442titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4443following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4444flat device tree:
4445
4446=> print oftaddr
4447oftaddr=0x300000
4448=> print oft
4449oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4450=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4451Speed: 1000, full duplex
4452Using TSEC0 device
4453TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4454Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4455Load address: 0x300000
4456Loading: #
4457done
4458Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4459=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4460Speed: 1000, full duplex
4461Using TSEC0 device
4462TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4463Filename 'uImage'.
4464Load address: 0x200000
4465Loading:############
4466done
4467Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4468=> print loadaddr
4469loadaddr=200000
4470=> print oftaddr
4471oftaddr=0x300000
4472=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4473## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004474 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4475 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4476 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004477 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004478 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004479 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4480 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4481Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4482Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4483Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4484[snip]
4485
4486
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004487More About U-Boot Image Types:
4488------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004492 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4493 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4494 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4495 the Standalone Program.
4496 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4497 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4498 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4499 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4500 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4501 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4502 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4503 being started.
4504 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4505 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4506 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4507 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4508 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4509 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004511 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4512 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4513 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4514 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4515 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4516 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004518 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4519 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4520 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004522 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4523 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4524 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4525 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004526
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004527Booting the Linux zImage:
4528-------------------------
4529
4530On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4531using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4532as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4533
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04004534Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004535kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4536address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4537format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4538
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540Standalone HOWTO:
4541=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004543One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4544run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4545U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004549"Hello World" Demo:
4550-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004552'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4553application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4554It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4555like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004557 => loads
4558 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4559 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4560 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4561 [file transfer complete]
4562 [connected]
4563 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004565 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4566 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4567 Hello World
4568 argc = 7
4569 argv[0] = "40004"
4570 argv[1] = "Hello"
4571 argv[2] = "World!"
4572 argv[3] = "This"
4573 argv[4] = "is"
4574 argv[5] = "a"
4575 argv[6] = "test."
4576 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4577 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004581Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4582handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4583Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4584The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4585character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4586controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004588 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4589 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4590 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4591 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004593 => loads
4594 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4595 ~>examples/timer.srec
4596 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4597 [file transfer complete]
4598 [connected]
4599 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601 => go 40004
4602 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4603 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4604 Using timer 1
4605 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004607Hit 'b':
4608 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4609 Enabling timer
4610Hit '?':
4611 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4612 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4613Hit '?':
4614 [q, b, e, ?] .
4615 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4616Hit '?':
4617 [q, b, e, ?] .
4618 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4619Hit '?':
4620 [q, b, e, ?] .
4621 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4622Hit 'e':
4623 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4624Hit 'q':
4625 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004626
4627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628Minicom warning:
4629================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4632"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4633consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4634Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4635especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004636use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4637http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4638for help with kermit.
4639
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004641Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4642configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4645 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4646 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004647
4648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649NetBSD Notes:
4650=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4653(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4656NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4657need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4658Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4659attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4660missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004662 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4663 # mkdir powerpc
4664 # ln -s powerpc machine
4665 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4666 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4669and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4672stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4673proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4674tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004675meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004676
4677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004678Implementation Internals:
4679=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4682implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4683inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4684hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004685
4686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687Initial Stack, Global Data:
4688---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4691starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4692system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4693This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4694is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4695at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4696options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4697models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4698MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4699locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004701 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004702 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004704 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4705 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4706 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4707 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4710 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4711 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4712 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4713 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004714 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004715 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4716 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004718 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4719 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004720 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4722 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4723 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4724 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004725
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004726 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4728 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004729 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4731 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4732 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4733 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4734 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004735
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004736 -Chris Hallinan
4737 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004739It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4740code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004742* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4743 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004745* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4747 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4750 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004752Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004753normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004754turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4755simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4756functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4757functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4758the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4759place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4760reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4763relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4764GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4767 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004768 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004769 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4770 R5-R10: parameter passing
4771 R13: small data area pointer
4772 R30: GOT pointer
4773 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004774
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004775 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4776 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4777 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004779 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004781 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4782 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4783 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4784 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4785 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4786 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004790 R0: function argument word/integer result
4791 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004792 R9: platform specific
4793 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004794 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4795 R12: temporary workspace
4796 R13: stack pointer
4797 R14: link register
4798 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004800 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
4801
4802 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004804On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4805 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4806
4807 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4808
4809 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4810 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4811
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004812On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4813
4814 R0-R1: argument/return
4815 R2-R5: argument
4816 R15: temporary register for assembler
4817 R16: trampoline register
4818 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4819 R29: global pointer (GP)
4820 R30: link register (LP)
4821 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4822 PC: program counter (PC)
4823
4824 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4825
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004826NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4827or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004828
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08004829On RISC-V, the following registers are used:
4830
4831 x0: hard-wired zero (zero)
4832 x1: return address (ra)
4833 x2: stack pointer (sp)
4834 x3: global pointer (gp)
4835 x4: thread pointer (tp)
4836 x5: link register (t0)
4837 x8: frame pointer (fp)
4838 x10-x11: arguments/return values (a0-1)
4839 x12-x17: arguments (a2-7)
4840 x28-31: temporaries (t3-6)
4841 pc: program counter (pc)
4842
4843 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004845Memory Management:
4846------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004848U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4849MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004850
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004851The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4852controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4853memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4854physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4857TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4858booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4859to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004860memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4862Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004864Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4865of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4868this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4871 :
4872 0x0000 1FFF
4873 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4874 :
4875 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004877 :
4878 :
4879 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4880 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4881 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4882 :
4883 0x00FD FFFF
4884 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4885 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4886 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4887 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004888
4889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004890System Initialization:
4891----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004892
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004893In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004894(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004895configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004896To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4897To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4898initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02004899which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
4900cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
4901the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004903Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4904preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4905(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4906on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4907programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4908simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4909banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4912different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4913bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
49140x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4915contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004917Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4918and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4919Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4920pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004921
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004922Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4923until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4924running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4925new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004926
4927
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004928U-Boot Porting Guide:
4929----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004931[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4932list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004933
4934
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004935int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004936{
4937 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004938
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004939 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4940 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004943 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004944 return 0;
4945 }
4946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004947 Download latest U-Boot source;
4948
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004949 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004950
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004951 if (clueless)
4952 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004954 while (learning) {
4955 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004956 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4957 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004959 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004961
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004962 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4963 Buy a BDI3000;
4964 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004965 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004966
4967 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4968 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4969 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4970 } else {
4971 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4972 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004973 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004974 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4975 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004976
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004977 while (!accepted) {
4978 while (!running) {
4979 do {
4980 Add / modify source code;
4981 } until (compiles);
4982 Debug;
4983 if (clueless)
4984 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4985 }
4986 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4987 if (reasonable critiques)
4988 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4989 else
4990 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004991 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004992
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993 return 0;
4994}
4995
4996void no_more_time (int sig)
4997{
4998 hire_a_guru();
4999}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005000
5001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005002Coding Standards:
5003-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005004
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005005All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Baruch Siach659208d2017-12-10 17:34:35 +02005006coding style; see the kernel coding style guide at
5007https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/coding-style.html, and the
5008script "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005010Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5011MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005012reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005013sources.
5014
5015Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5016Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5017in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005018
5019Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5020- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005021- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005023- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005024- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5025
5026Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5027with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005028
5029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005030Submitting Patches:
5031-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005032
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005033Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5034establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5035may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005036
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005037Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005038
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005039Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
S. Lockwood-Childs1dade182017-11-14 22:56:42 -08005040see https://lists.denx.de/listinfo/u-boot
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005042When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5043it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005045* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5046 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5047 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5050 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005052* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5053
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05005054* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
5055 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005057* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5058 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005059
5060* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5061 document these in the README file.
5062
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005063* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5064 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005065 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005066 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5067 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005068
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005069 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5070 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5071 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005073 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5074 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5075 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5076 affected files).
5077
5078 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5079 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005080
5081* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5082 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5083
5084* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5085 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5086
5087
5088Notes:
5089
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06005090* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5092 for any of the boards.
5093
5094* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5095 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5096 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5097
5098* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5099 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5100 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5101 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5102 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5103 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005104
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005105* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5106 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5107 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5108 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.